Mailinglist Archive: opensuse-translation-commit (158 mails)

< Previous Next >
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96030 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:18:29 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96030

Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on-creator.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/audit-laf.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/autoinst.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/base.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/bootloader.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ca-management.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cio.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cluster.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control-center.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/country.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/crowbar.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dhcp-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dns-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/docker.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/drbd.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fcoe-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall-services.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firstboot.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fonts.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ftp-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/geo-cluster.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/http-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/inetd.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/installation.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/instserver.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iplb.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-lio-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/isns.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journal.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kdump.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/languages_db.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/live-installer.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/mail.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/multipath.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/network.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs_server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis_server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ntp-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/oneclickinstall.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update-configuration.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/opensuse_mirror.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/packager.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pam.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pkg-bindings.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/printer.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/product-creator.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/proxy.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rdp.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rear.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/registration.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/reipl.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/relocation-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-client.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-users.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/scanner.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/security.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/services-manager.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/slp-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/snapper.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sound.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/squid.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sshd.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/storage.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/support.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sysconfig.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tftp-server.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/timezone_db.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tune.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/update.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/users.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vm.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vpn.eo.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/yast2-apparmor.eo.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on-creator.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on-creator.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on-creator.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/add-on.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -68,13 +68,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""

+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""

#. placeholder for unknown path

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/audit-laf.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/audit-laf.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/audit-laf.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -18,1110 +18,1666 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""

-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""

-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""

+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is
Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of
\"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD
from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user
database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group
database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo
database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD
automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity
provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not
compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD
from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""

#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data
type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""

+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""

-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""

+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters
and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to
authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and
Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""

-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional
parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from
\"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database
from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""

-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers
database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended
Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""

-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity
provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount
database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended
Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""

+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active
Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which
case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup
failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration
failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""

#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable
domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""

-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""

-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly
specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD
server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll
this computer:"
msgstr ""

-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""

-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""

-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""

-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment
requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name
resolver."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""

-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself
starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind
that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a
Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be
configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be
queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string
containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate
a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to
update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back
to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay
cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without
a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
msgstr ""

+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group
memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a
different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never
customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a
Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a
name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to
update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay
cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is
the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most
verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration
section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such
as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may
be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD
service process"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD
process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file
descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout”
option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit
gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of
consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""

-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info
about all users)?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the
background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout
value for the domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits
(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before
asking the back end again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to
false."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute
value or a template."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not
specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the
machine."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during
lookup."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be
considered valid."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will
be valid."
msgstr ""

-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow
cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after
offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is
possible."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during
authentication."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to
immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to
ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""

#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""

-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter
attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""

-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache
negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""

-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed
known_hosts file."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after
its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""

-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration
section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that
is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the
monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking
the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before
asking the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before
asking the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before
asking the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before
asking the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the
backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps
valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login
before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's
full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the
domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the
string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name,
domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when
performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the
DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part
of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a
second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the
requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this
domain."
msgstr ""

#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control
provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies
only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This
applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""

#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in
SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the
home directory."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new
users."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted
users."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly
created home directory."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be
copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by
sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""

#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which
SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which
SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a
user."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home
directory."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of
the parent object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of
an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last
password change)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of
an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password
age)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of
an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password
age)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of
an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning
period)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of
an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password
inactivity period)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow,
this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its
shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the
name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in
kerberos."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the
name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password
expires."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the
name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the
name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this
parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if
access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines
until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines
the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal
Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the
realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to
fail."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache
of enumerated records."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as
groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to
save space."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD
will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP
entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the
presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access
privilege."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of
the parent object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups
(e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD
will follow."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active
Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on
deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active
Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most
notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup
triples."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup
object."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and
their aliases."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this
service."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP
searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to
run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode
is entered)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and
group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached
results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2)
following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP
APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server
will be maintained."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single
request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum
security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the
internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the
Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority
certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect
the channel."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the
ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on
ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to
canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client
side."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows
password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute
with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter
(default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter
criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes
can be enabled."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers
that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the
Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative
servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change
password request is aborted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been
spoofed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained
from KDCs."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to
request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer
immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately
followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos
pre-authentication."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""

#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers
to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect
the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this
host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the
FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping
Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping
Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more
similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully
qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect
the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built
into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS
updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u
%s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/auth-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -437,12 +437,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""

@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""

@@ -558,8 +558,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication
configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""

@@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""

@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""

@@ -2422,237 +2422,237 @@
msgstr ""

#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""

#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""

#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""

#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""

#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync
provider"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/autoinst.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/autoinst.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/autoinst.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""

@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@

#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -296,23 +296,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""

-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""

#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -477,111 +475,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug@xxxxxxx>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""

-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""

#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""

#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1487,7 +1473,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1497,7 +1483,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1536,7 +1522,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""

@@ -2102,7 +2088,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile.
The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -2118,45 +2104,45 @@

#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""

#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""

@@ -2166,14 +2152,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to
those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the
data\n"
@@ -2182,7 +2168,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations,
including\n"
@@ -2213,97 +2199,79 @@

#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""

-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""

@@ -2384,7 +2352,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2392,76 +2360,76 @@

#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""

#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check
/tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check
/tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target
directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""

#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed
anymore."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""

#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""

#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files
from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""

#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""

#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""

#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different
AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2469,43 +2437,43 @@

#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO
file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""

#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""

#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""

#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in
the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""

@@ -2548,14 +2516,14 @@

#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""

#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""

@@ -2563,14 +2531,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""

#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/base.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/base.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/base.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Diego Souza <diegosouza.br@xxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST";
msgstr ""

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Ne ekzistas difinita laborfluo por ĉi tiu instalreĝimo."

@@ -438,14 +438,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Daŭrigi la Instaladon"

#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "Ĉesi&gi la Instaladon"

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr "Okazis ia ena eraro dum integrado de aldona laborfluo."

#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "La valoro %1 estas nevalida."

@@ -1042,6 +1042,83 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""

+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Startigi Servon"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same
after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during
boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running
service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the
dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable
the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the
already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Aktuala Stato: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Dum Praŝargo"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Averto"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Halti"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1242,7 +1319,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Ignori"
@@ -1265,7 +1342,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Pasvorto"

@@ -1486,27 +1563,27 @@
msgstr ""

#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ĉu vere ĉesigi la instaladon?"

#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Ĉu vere ĉesigi YaST-Sistemriparon?"

#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Ĉesigi Sistemriparon"

#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Daŭrigi Sistemriparon"

#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1519,7 +1596,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1533,7 +1610,7 @@

#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1544,18 +1621,18 @@
"Vi devos reinstali la sistemon."

#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Ĉu vere ĉesigi?"

#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Vi perdos ĉiujn ŝanĝojn!"

#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaloj..."

@@ -2566,47 +2643,47 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Ekstera Zono"

#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Ena Zono"

#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"

#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Nekonata Zono"

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2617,86 +2694,86 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Pravalorizante Barilagordojn"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Kontroli retaparatojn"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Legi la aktualan agordon"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Kontrolante la retaparatojn..."

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Legante la aktualan agordon..."

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Konservante Barilagordojn"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Konservi barilagordojn"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Ĝustigi barilan servon"

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Konservante barilagordojn..."

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Ĝustigante barilan servon..."

#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Malsukcesis konservi agordojn"

#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Nekonata protokolo (%1)"

@@ -2792,51 +2869,52 @@

#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service
definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""

#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Servo: %1"

#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like
nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Nekonata servo '%1'"

@@ -2860,36 +2938,78 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Malinstali"

+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Kontrolante la retaparatojn..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if
needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Elŝutante pakaĵon %1 (%2)..."

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Elŝutante Pakaĵon"

#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Pakaĵo %1 estas nefunkcianta, la integreca kontrolo malsukcesis."

#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package
should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package
should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Ĉu reprovi instaladon de la pakaĵo?"

#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ĉu ĉesigi la instaladon?"

@@ -2898,57 +3018,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Eraro: %1:"

#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""

#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Malinstalante pakaĵon %1 (%2)..."

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instalante pakaĵon %1 (%2)..."

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Malinstalante Pakaĵon"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instalante Pakaĵon"

#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Malsukcesis forigi la pakaĵon %1."

#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Malsukcesis instali la pakaĵon %1."

#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package
installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management
module."
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has
changed. To \n"
@@ -2959,27 +3079,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "A Flanko"

#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "B Flanko"

#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium
number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Disko %2)"

#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium
number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Datumportilo %2)"

#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -2988,7 +3108,7 @@
"'%1'"

#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 =
"SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2997,7 +3117,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE
Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3007,83 +3127,83 @@

#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Preterpasi Aŭtomatan Aktualigon"

#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Eljeti"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Aŭtomate &Elĵeti KD-n aŭ DVD-n"

#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package
should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Ĉu reprovi la instaladon?"

#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Ĉu ignori la datumportilon?"

#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorante la malbonan datumportilon..."

#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"

#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Kreante Deponejon %1"

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Okazis eraro dum kreado de la deponejo."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Ne kapablis ricevi la priskribojn el la fora deponejo."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Okazis eraro dum ricevado de nova metadatumo."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "La deponejo estas nevalida."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Metadatumo de la deponejo estas nevalida."

@@ -3091,92 +3211,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be
retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be
retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Ĉu Reprovi?"

#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Sondante Deponejon %1"

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Okazis eraro dum sondado de la deponejo."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Deponeja metadatumo estas nevalida."

#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Deponejo %1"

#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""

#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakaĵo: "

#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Rulante skripton"

#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Flikaĵo: "

#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skripto: "

#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Eligo de la Skripto"

#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3185,7 +3305,7 @@
"\n"

#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3195,36 +3315,36 @@
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Preterpasi la Aktualigon"

#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Elŝutante"

#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Elŝutante: %1"

#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Kontrolante Pakaĵ-datumbazon"

#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Refaras pakaĵ-datumbazon. Ĉi tiu procedo daŭros iom da tempo."

#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3233,16 +3353,16 @@
"%1"

#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konvertante pakaĵ-datumbazon. Ĉi tiu procedo daŭros iom da tempo."

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Stato"

#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3251,12 +3371,12 @@
"%1"

#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Legante RPM-datumbazon..."

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Legante Instalitajn Pakaĵojn"

@@ -3267,27 +3387,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Kontrolante RPM-datumbazon..."

#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Malsukcesis pravalorizi la celon."

#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-datumbazo legita"

#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Uzant-aŭtentigo"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3298,20 +3418,20 @@
"%2"

#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Uzantonomo"

#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Montri &detalojn"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Grando: "

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Restanta tempo por aŭtomate reprovi: %1"

@@ -3375,12 +3495,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Malsukcesis instali neprajn pakaĵojn."

#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3391,12 +3511,12 @@
"YaST eble malbone funkcios.\n"

#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Ne povas daŭrigi sen instali neprajn pakaĵojn."

#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3405,22 +3525,22 @@
"pakaĵojn, YaST eble malbone funkcios.\n"

#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Mi &Konsentas"

#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Mi &Malkonsentas"

#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3432,7 +3552,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software
to install.\n"
@@ -3441,7 +3561,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3450,7 +3570,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3458,7 +3578,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining
disk space\n"
@@ -3471,130 +3591,130 @@

#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Programelektado kaj Sistemaj Taskoj"

#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(pliaj)"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Sukcese Finiĝis la Instalado"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Malsukcesis la Pakaĵ-instalado"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Erar-mesaĝo: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Malsukcesaj Pakaĵoj: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Instalitaj Pakaĵoj: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ĝisdatigitaj Pakaĵoj: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Forigitaj Pakaĵoj: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ne Instalitaj Pakaĵoj: %1"

#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakaĵoj"

#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Pasinta Tempo: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Tut-instalita Grando: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Tut-elŝutita Grando: %1"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistikoj"

#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Instal-protokolo"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaloj"

#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Instalante Pakaĵon"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Fini"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of
installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Eraro dum Instalado"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Instalitaj Pakaĵoj"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Ĝisdatigitaj Pakaĵoj"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Forigitaj Pakaĵoj"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Restantaj Pakaĵoj"

#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3923,82 +4043,82 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instalante..."

#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Datumportilo"

#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as
possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Restantaj Pakaĵoj"

#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tempo"

#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Faritaj agoj:"

#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in
rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pakaĵoj instaliĝas.</p>"

-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted
using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an
inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component
is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Eldonaj &Notoj"

#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""

#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detaloj"

#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Efektivigi Instaladon"

#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakaĵ-instalado"

#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4007,7 +4127,7 @@
"ĉesigi la instaladon?"

#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Ĉesigita"

@@ -4654,6 +4774,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bludento"

+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter
docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4739,7 +4869,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4747,7 +4877,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5654,64 +5784,6 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Startigi Servon"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same
after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during
boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running
service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save'
buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable
the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the
already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Aktuala Stato: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Dum Praŝargo"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Averto"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Halti"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
-
#~ msgid "No running network detected."
#~ msgstr "Neniu funkcianta reto trovita."


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/bootloader.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/bootloader.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/bootloader.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -28,49 +28,147 @@

#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""

+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""

+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""

+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""

-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""

#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""

+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be
bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed
properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -142,11 +240,17 @@

#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option
<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another
operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there
is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot
Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -154,55 +258,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root
partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot
from.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info
grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info
grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a
serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a
serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass
<code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which
you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section
numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical
boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password.
If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is
not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way
GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in
<b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will
only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -211,160 +324,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""

+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain@xxxxxxx>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack@xxxxxxx>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od@xxxxxxx>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth@xxxxxxx>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic
&Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""

+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""

+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""

#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""

-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""

@@ -383,34 +563,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define
additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the
<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define
failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with
other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed
only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not
touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to
create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""

@@ -419,20 +619,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""

#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""

@@ -453,70 +663,223 @@

#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""

#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but
it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but
it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""

#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader
will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader
will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""

#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""

+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""

#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -525,64 +888,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""

-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""

+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""

+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""

#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""

#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""

#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""

-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""

#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""

#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""

-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""

+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -599,9 +1004,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""

-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current
\n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or
reread\n"
@@ -609,28 +1021,28 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -641,7 +1053,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -650,14 +1062,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""

#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -665,7 +1077,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -677,8 +1089,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""

+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -686,7 +1109,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -695,7 +1118,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -703,7 +1126,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -711,7 +1134,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -719,7 +1142,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -727,7 +1150,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -735,7 +1158,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The
section\n"
@@ -743,14 +1166,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -758,28 +1181,28 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the
disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -787,40 +1210,50 @@
msgstr ""

#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""

#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""

#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""

#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""

+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -835,42 +1268,111 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""

+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""

+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""

+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""

+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -884,257 +1386,505 @@
msgstr ""

#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""

-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed
properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger@xxxxxxx>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the
name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root
device.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use.
Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section
for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to
select this section.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to
install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating
systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your
BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks
to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the
grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other
image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define
additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be
bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed
properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from
which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually
need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible
via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to
enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed
properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not
install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a
href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know
what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""

+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""

+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation
short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""

+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally
specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know
what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""

#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""

#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical
terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk
label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition
or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""

#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""

#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location,
e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""

+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the
device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader
Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""

-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some
BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already
contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""

#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""

+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""

#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ca-management.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ca-management.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ca-management.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -1837,42 +1837,41 @@

#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""

#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""

#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""

#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""

#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""

#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""

-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cio.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cio.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cio.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""

#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cluster.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cluster.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/cluster.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""

@@ -200,169 +200,169 @@
msgstr ""

#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from
other nodes manually."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""

#. servie:cluster is the name of
/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""

#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""

#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""

#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""

#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""

#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""

#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between
cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""

@@ -453,96 +453,96 @@
msgstr ""

#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""

#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""

#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control-center.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control-center.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control-center.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/control.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -16,238 +16,204 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n";
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/country.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/country.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/country.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -736,56 +736,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""

-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""

#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""

#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""

#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""

-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""

-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""

#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the
<b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -803,12 +803,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/crowbar.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/crowbar.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/crowbar.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -21,19 +21,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""

-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""

#. combobox label
@@ -45,11 +35,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought
to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough
to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also
possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>
for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i>
for SMT server\n"

"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i>
for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -168,124 +158,132 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""

-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""

+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""

#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""

#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""

#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""

#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""

#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""

#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -293,91 +291,91 @@

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""

#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""

#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""

#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be
used."
msgstr ""

#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""

#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""

#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""

#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -386,7 +384,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""

@@ -431,37 +429,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dhcp-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dhcp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dhcp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""

@@ -99,242 +97,247 @@
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""

#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""

#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""

#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""

#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""

#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""

#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""

#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""

#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""

+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""

#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""

@@ -359,190 +362,150 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""

#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""

#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""

-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""

#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more
interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP
address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -550,60 +513,60 @@

#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""

#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""

#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""

@@ -611,48 +574,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""

#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""

@@ -660,10 +623,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""

@@ -671,61 +634,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""

#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""

#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""

#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""

#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""

#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -733,8 +696,8 @@

#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""

@@ -742,135 +705,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP
server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""

#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""

#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""

#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""

#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""

#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""

#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""

#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""

#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""

#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -883,15 +846,15 @@
msgstr ""

#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -903,7 +866,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""

@@ -1116,7 +1079,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""

@@ -1140,7 +1103,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname
description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname
description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""

@@ -1151,9 +1114,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""

@@ -1169,51 +1132,51 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1221,80 +1184,80 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""

@@ -1573,8 +1536,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1592,17 +1554,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1610,7 +1564,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1618,7 +1572,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1628,7 +1582,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1638,14 +1592,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1653,7 +1607,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1662,7 +1616,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1671,7 +1625,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1680,14 +1634,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1697,14 +1651,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1666,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1722,7 +1676,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1731,7 +1685,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1740,7 +1694,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with
\n"
@@ -1749,21 +1703,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP
server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1771,14 +1725,14 @@

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1786,40 +1740,40 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print
server.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP
expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1828,7 +1782,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1839,7 +1793,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1847,14 +1801,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1862,14 +1816,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1879,45 +1833,45 @@
msgstr ""

#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1925,7 +1879,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1935,23 +1889,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""

#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""

@@ -1961,101 +1915,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""

#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""

#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""

#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""

#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""

#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""

#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""

#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""

#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""

#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""

#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2063,7 +2017,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2071,7 +2025,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2079,206 +2033,195 @@

#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""

-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""

#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""

#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""

#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""

-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""

-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""

#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""

#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""

#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2289,101 +2232,101 @@
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""

#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""

#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""

#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""

#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""

#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""

@@ -2391,22 +2334,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dns-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dns-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/dns-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""

@@ -551,8 +551,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""

@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""

@@ -599,32 +599,32 @@
msgstr ""

#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""

@@ -632,8 +632,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -641,8 +641,8 @@

#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/docker.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/docker.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/docker.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/drbd.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/drbd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/drbd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -225,10 +225,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or
'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve
the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of
it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the
backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated
by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different
resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -254,11 +255,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -267,20 +268,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the
list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is
instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than
from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>:
According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed
automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These
expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with
either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting
filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default.
Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default.
Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and
PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done
by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized
between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster
environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's
sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it
waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -290,7 +293,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -300,14 +303,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -316,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -324,7 +327,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -332,14 +335,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -347,7 +350,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -356,7 +359,7 @@

#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -364,7 +367,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -372,50 +375,107 @@
msgstr ""

#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""

-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""

-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar@xxxxxxx>
@@ -517,81 +577,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""

#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""

#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -599,46 +659,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fcoe-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fcoe-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fcoe-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall-services.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall-services.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall-services.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firewall.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firstboot.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firstboot.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/firstboot.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -111,11 +111,11 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""

#. translators: dialog text

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fonts.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fonts.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/fonts.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves;
chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts,
which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist
for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute
the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even,
some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of
itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not
smoothed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and
white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any
drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good
hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality
fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans
and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is
used."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered
fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of
readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions
are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used
on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions
produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is
used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be
considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered
glyphs."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's
autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but
sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family
preference list is used."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel
rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ftp-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ftp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ftp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/geo-cluster.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/geo-cluster.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/geo-cluster.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -116,17 +116,17 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""

@@ -135,24 +135,24 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""

#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""

@@ -161,177 +161,185 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path
directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other
node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other
nodes manually."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""

#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""

-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""

#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""

#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""

#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""

#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Initialization dialog contents

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/http-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/http-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/http-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/inetd.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/inetd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/inetd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""

@@ -118,15 +118,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""

@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -162,181 +162,181 @@

#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""

#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""

#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""

#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""

#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""

#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""

#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""

#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""

#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""

#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""

#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""

#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""

#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""

#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""

#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""

@@ -350,26 +350,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""

#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""

@@ -573,57 +573,57 @@
msgstr ""

#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""

#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/installation.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/installation.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/installation.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 08:47-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel Ortega <manuel@xxxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Pravalorizante..."

@@ -206,28 +206,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Iru reen kaj kontrolu la agordojn se vi ne estas certa.</p>"

#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Konfirmi Ĝisdatigon"

#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>La postulata informo por efektivigi ĝisdatigon estas nun
kompleta.</p>"

#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Startigi Ĝis&datigon"

@@ -277,53 +277,7 @@
msgstr "Listigado je nigra listo de disponaĵoj..."

#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Generado de AytoYaST-profilo okaze de neceso..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST
profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user
interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this
option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in
<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uzu la elekteblon <b>Agordoj de la klonsistemo</b> se vi volas krei
AutoYaST-profilon.\n"
-"AutoYaST estas maniero fari kompletan instalon de SUSE Linux sen interveno de
la uzanto. AutoYaST\n"
-"bezonas profilon por scii kia devas esti la instalota sistemo. Se ĉi tiu
elekteblo estas\n"
-"elektita, profilo de la aktuala sistemo estas konversita en
<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "Konservi la AutoYaST-profilon en /root/autoinst.xml"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Agordo de la klonsistemo"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Agordoj de la klonsistemo"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only
visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a
href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "La AutoYaST-profilo konserviĝos en /root/autoinst.xml (<a
href=\"%1\">ne konversi ĝin</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only
visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr "La AutoYaST-profilo ne konserviĝos (<a href=\"%1\">konversi ĝin</a>)."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopiado de la dosieroj al la instalita sistemo..."

@@ -519,7 +473,7 @@
msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj por %1 %2"

#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Nekonata Produkto"

@@ -548,54 +502,26 @@
"Elektu ĉu vi volas ruli retan ĝisdatigon nun.\n"
"Eblas preterpasi tiun ĉi paŝon kaj ruli retan ĝisdatigon poste.\n"

-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Lingvo, klavaro kaj interkonsento pri uzado"

-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Lingvo"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it
(bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "E&ldonnotoj..."

-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Klavararanĝo"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Mi &Konsentas kun la kondiĉoj de la permesilo."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "&Klavararanĝo"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Permesilo"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Permesilo kaj tradukoj..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -609,7 +535,7 @@

#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -622,7 +548,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -633,7 +559,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -646,7 +572,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -658,22 +584,50 @@
"instalan procedon iam ajn.\n"
"</p>\n"

-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it
(bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "E&ldonnotoj..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Permesilo"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Lingvo"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Klavararanĝo"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Mi &Konsentas kun la kondiĉoj de la permesilo."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Nepras konsenti kun la kondiĉoj de la permesilo por instali ĉi tiun
produkton"

+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&Klavararanĝo"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Permesilo kaj tradukoj..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -776,7 +730,7 @@
msgstr "autoyast2 pakaĵo ne estas instalita. Klonado malaktivigita."

#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "La sistemo restartiĝos nun..."

@@ -785,8 +739,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -794,7 +748,7 @@

#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -803,7 +757,7 @@
"Ĉesigante la instaladon...\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of
packages."
@@ -812,20 +766,20 @@
"YaST malfermos programarmastrumilon por ke vi kontrolu la aktualan staton de
la pakaĵoj."

#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Elŝutas bildon je la rapideco %1/s"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Elŝutas bildon %1 je la rapideco %2/s"

#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Disponigante bildon..."

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Disponigante bildon %1..."

@@ -851,33 +805,36 @@
msgstr "Durdisko por disponigo de bildo"

#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Serĉante Disponeblajn Regilojn"

#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Disk-aktivigo"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Agordi &DASD-diskoj"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Agordi &ZFCP-diskoj"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Agordi &FCoE-interfacoj"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Agordi &iSCSI-diskoj"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Ŝanĝi agordon de la ret&karto"

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -896,7 +853,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Pravalorizante"

@@ -936,53 +893,53 @@
msgstr "Kreante liston de finaj skriptoj por alvoki..."

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopii dosierojn al la instalita sistemo"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Konservi agordojn"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Konservi instalagordojn"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instali praŝargan administrilon"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Pretigi sistemon por komenca praŝargo"

#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Kontrolado de la stadio: %1..."

#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Rulado de la stadio %1..."

#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"

#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finite"

#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Eraro dum Instalado"

@@ -1007,27 +964,27 @@
msgstr "Pretigante la komencan sistemagordon..."

#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Instalopcioj"

#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Aldoni Enretajn Deponejojn Antaŭ Instalado"

#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&kluzivi kromajn produktojn per apartaj memoriloj"

#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Instalopcioj</b></big></p>"

#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1038,7 +995,7 @@
"<b>Aldoni retajn deponejojn antaŭ la instalado</b>.</p>"

#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;,
select\n"
@@ -1049,7 +1006,7 @@
"<b>Inkluzivi kromajn produktojn per apartaj memoriloj</b>.</p>\n"

#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see
<i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Se vi bezonas specifajn aparatarpelilojn por la instalo, vizitu la
retejon <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"

@@ -1316,7 +1273,7 @@
msgstr "YaST sondas komputilan aparataron kaj instalitajn sistemojn nun."

#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for
installation."
@@ -1325,7 +1282,7 @@
"Kontrolu 'drivers.suse.com' se vi bezonas specifajn aparatarpelilojn por la
instalo."

#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1335,7 +1292,7 @@
"Bonvolu kontroli vian aparataron!\n"
"%1\n"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1346,7 +1303,7 @@
"(speciale se temas pri sistemoj S/390 aŭ iSCSI)\n"

#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1358,7 +1315,7 @@
"Kontrolu vian aparataron.\n"

#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1366,6 +1323,32 @@
"Pravalorizo de la programardeponejoj fiaskis.\n"
"Ĉesigado de la instalo."

+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1419,8 +1402,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Ŝ&anĝi..."

@@ -1655,7 +1638,7 @@
msgstr "Agordado de la kaŝmemoro de la bindilo..."

#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Konservante retagordon..."

@@ -1782,33 +1765,22 @@
msgstr "Ŝrumpado de la subdisko PREP..."

#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Ĉu vere rekomencigi ĉion per aprioraj valoroj?"

#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Vi perdos ĉiujn ŝanĝojn."

-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Loko de la enmemorigita agordo"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "Konservado de la agordo fiaskis. Detaloj troveblas en la protokolo."
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Preterpasado de la agordo laŭ peto de la uzanto"

#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1817,25 +1789,25 @@
"solvita antaŭ ol daŭrigi.\n"

#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Adaptado de la propono al la aktualaj agordoj..."

#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analizante vian sistemon..."

#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERARO: Neniu propono"

#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1848,42 +1820,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Preterpasi agordadon"

#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Uzi la Sekvajn Agordojn"

-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Elporti agordojn"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Alklaku titolon por fari ŝanĝojn aŭ uzu la menueron \"Ŝanĝi...\"
malsupre."

-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Alklaku titolon por fari ŝanĝojn."

#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Rekomencigi per aprioraj valoroj"

#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "Ĝis&datigi"

-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instali"

@@ -1918,7 +1884,7 @@

#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values
displayed.\n"
@@ -1931,7 +1897,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1943,7 +1909,7 @@

#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1955,7 +1921,7 @@

#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1967,7 +1933,7 @@

#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1978,12 +1944,12 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Propono por instalo de UML</B></P>"

#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1994,7 +1960,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2011,6 +1977,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Ŝaltado de fora administrado..."

+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Probing"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Sondado de la sistemo"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2018,10 +1996,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""

+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Nekonata Produkto"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2058,6 +2099,46 @@
"La instalilo ne sukcesis aŭtomate solvi la pakaĵdependaĵojn.\n"
"Programarmastrumilo malfermiĝos por ke vi permane solvu ilin."

+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Generado de AytoYaST-profilo okaze de neceso..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST
profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user
interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If
this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in
<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Uzu la elekteblon <b>Agordoj de la klonsistemo</b> se vi volas krei
AutoYaST-profilon.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST estas maniero fari kompletan instalon de SUSE Linux sen interveno
de la uzanto. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "bezonas profilon por scii kia devas esti la instalota sistemo. Se ĉi tiu
elekteblo estas\n"
+#~ "elektita, profilo de la aktuala sistemo estas konversita en
<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of
installation?"
+#~ msgstr "Konservi la AutoYaST-profilon en /root/autoinst.xml"
+
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Agordo de la klonsistemo"
+
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Agordoj de la klonsistemo"
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a
href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "La AutoYaST-profilo konserviĝos en /root/autoinst.xml (<a
href=\"%1\">ne konversi ĝin</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write
it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "La AutoYaST-profilo ne konserviĝos (<a href=\"%1\">konversi
ĝin</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Loko de la enmemorigita agordo"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+#~ msgstr "Konservado de la agordo fiaskis. Detaloj troveblas en la protokolo."
+
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Elporti agordojn"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ERARO: Mankas Titolo"


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/instserver.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/instserver.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/instserver.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -62,37 +62,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""

#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""

#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""

#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""

#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -101,97 +101,97 @@
msgstr ""

#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""

#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""

#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""

#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""

#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long
lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""

#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""

#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot
be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -210,87 +210,87 @@
msgstr ""

#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""

#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""

#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""

#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""

#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd
package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -555,79 +555,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""

#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""

#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""

#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iplb.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iplb.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iplb.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -124,6 +124,9 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -205,8 +208,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""

@@ -298,42 +301,49 @@

#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get
additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the
start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use
<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from
the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press
<b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure
that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data
corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from
<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from
<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only
able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for
discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should
be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b>
and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click
<b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and
<b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -348,20 +358,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the
checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter
<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing
Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming
Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target
server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or
<b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""

-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the
<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified
by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If
login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the
target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a
target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is
only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at
<i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the
<b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly
will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default
'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b>
button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""

@@ -412,30 +414,24 @@
msgstr ""

#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""

#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""

#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""

@@ -443,36 +439,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""

#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that
multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""

#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""

@@ -561,7 +557,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -569,12 +565,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""

-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-lio-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-lio-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/iscsi-lio-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""

@@ -96,153 +96,159 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit
client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""

#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""

#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO
target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO
target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""

#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""

#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""

#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""

-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""

#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""

#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""

@@ -362,19 +368,24 @@

#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from
target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name
is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi
initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN
imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use
<i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b>
will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note
that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>,
select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both
together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use
Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled
here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN
target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the
type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together.
Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different
values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit
Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client
access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator
access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by
clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or
<b>Delete</b>."
@@ -382,12 +393,12 @@

#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a
<b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -396,19 +407,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which
address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a
lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -417,11 +428,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all
additional configuration options."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing
purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and
<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -444,7 +455,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -472,7 +483,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -492,7 +503,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -501,21 +512,21 @@

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""

#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same
initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""

-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -526,93 +537,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""

+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""

#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""

#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -626,11 +643,11 @@
msgstr ""

#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/isns.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/isns.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/isns.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journal.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journal.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journal.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kdump.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kdump.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kdump.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -361,10 +361,8 @@

#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""

@@ -1095,148 +1093,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""

#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""

+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""

#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with
actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required,
but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""

#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/languages_db.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/languages_db.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/languages_db.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ldap.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/live-installer.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/live-installer.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/live-installer.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -37,27 +37,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""

#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""

#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last
file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -67,78 +67,60 @@
msgstr ""

#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""

#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""

#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""

#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values
displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -146,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -233,7 +215,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/mail.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/mail.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/mail.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/multipath.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/multipath.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/multipath.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/network.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/network.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/network.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""

@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -702,13 +702,13 @@

#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""

#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""

@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""

@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""

@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""

@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""

@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1196,13 +1196,13 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""

#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1213,20 +1213,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""

#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1244,60 +1244,60 @@

#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""

#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""

#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""

#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""

#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with
IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1307,12 +1307,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""

#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""

#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""

@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""

@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -2677,47 +2677,47 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""

#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""

#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""

#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2725,20 +2725,20 @@

#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2747,21 +2747,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2770,57 +2770,57 @@

#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""

#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""

#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""

#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""

#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""

#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""

#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four
keys,\n"
@@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2840,97 +2840,97 @@
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""

#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""

#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""

#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in
connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""

#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""

@@ -2971,12 +2971,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2984,111 +2984,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""

-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""

-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""

#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""

#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""

#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""

#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""

#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -3160,8 +3110,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""

@@ -3187,28 +3137,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS.
Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -3240,27 +3190,27 @@
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""

#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -3296,40 +3246,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -3557,7 +3507,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""

@@ -3646,7 +3596,7 @@

#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -3669,7 +3619,7 @@

#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""

@@ -3681,440 +3631,433 @@
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""

#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""

#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""

#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""

#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""

#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""

-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available,
Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""

#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""

#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""

#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""

#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable
networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""

#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""

#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""

#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""

#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build
item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""

#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0,
wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan
devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""

#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""

#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""

#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4122,30 +4065,30 @@
msgstr ""

#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""

@@ -4154,22 +4097,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs_server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs_server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nfs_server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -72,27 +72,27 @@
msgstr ""

#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""

#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""

#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4'
command."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set
help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""

@@ -156,55 +156,63 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""

#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""

+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""

#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""

#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -212,25 +220,25 @@

#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting
for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""

#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use.
Leave\n"
@@ -238,51 +246,51 @@
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have
Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -290,77 +298,82 @@
msgstr ""

#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected
directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all
hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""

+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""

#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""

#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -368,71 +381,83 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""

#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""

#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""

+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils)
setup is correct."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""

#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""

#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""

#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis_server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis_server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/nis_server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ntp-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ntp-client.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/ntp-client.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -72,25 +72,25 @@
msgstr ""

#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""

#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""

#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""

#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/oneclickinstall.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/oneclickinstall.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/oneclickinstall.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update-configuration.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update-configuration.eo.po
2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update-configuration.eo.po
2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/online-update.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/opensuse_mirror.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/opensuse_mirror.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/opensuse_mirror.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/packager.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/packager.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/packager.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@

#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""

@@ -464,8 +464,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""

@@ -495,100 +495,85 @@
msgstr ""

#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""

#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command
line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""

#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""

#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""

#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""

#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""

#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""

#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""

#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""

#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short
as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""

#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as
possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as
possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -597,98 +582,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""

#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""

#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""

#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""

#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""

#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""

#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""

#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""

#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""

#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""

#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a
protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more
software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service
administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -698,7 +683,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -707,7 +692,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -720,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -730,31 +715,31 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority)
and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more
repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""

#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in
repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after
installation.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory
<B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in
<B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -762,7 +747,7 @@

#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -770,79 +755,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""

#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""

#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""

#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""

#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""

#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -851,7 +836,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -955,20 +940,20 @@
msgstr ""

#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1269,42 +1254,42 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""

#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info
available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""

#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1316,7 +1301,7 @@

#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1324,19 +1309,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""

#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""

#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1349,19 +1334,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""

#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1369,58 +1354,58 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""

#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional
repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""

#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""

#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""

#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1918,7 +1903,7 @@

#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""

@@ -1983,7 +1968,7 @@

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""

@@ -2051,7 +2036,7 @@

#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""

@@ -2072,46 +2057,46 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is
empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the
name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty,
YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2121,23 +2106,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2146,42 +2131,42 @@
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""

#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""

#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2189,17 +2174,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""

#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2209,20 +2194,20 @@
msgstr ""

#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""

#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2235,7 +2220,7 @@

#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2243,11 +2228,11 @@
msgstr ""

#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2259,12 +2244,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2272,71 +2257,71 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""

#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""

#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""

#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""

#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""

#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2351,7 +2336,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS
repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2360,12 +2345,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2373,7 +2358,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2381,7 +2366,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2391,7 +2376,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2400,25 +2385,25 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""

#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""

-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2428,19 +2413,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""

#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pam.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pam.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pam.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pkg-bindings.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pkg-bindings.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/pkg-bindings.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/printer.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/printer.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/printer.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the
BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is
preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary
preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""

@@ -2533,56 +2533,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@xxxxxxx>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""

#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""

#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""

#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""

#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""

#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""

@@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not
accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2620,74 +2620,74 @@

#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""

#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""

#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and
failures."
msgstr ""

#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""

#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""

#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be
deleted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be
restored."
msgstr ""

#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""

#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""

@@ -2698,33 +2698,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by
accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""

#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""

@@ -2733,25 +2733,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage
is printed."
msgstr ""

#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""

#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""

#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""

@@ -2759,7 +2759,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -2778,28 +2778,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""

#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -2807,25 +2807,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted
in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""

@@ -2845,53 +2845,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""

#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""

#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""

#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English
only)"
msgstr ""

#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""

#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the
remote system."
msgstr ""

#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""

#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be
modified."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/product-creator.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/product-creator.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/product-creator.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/proxy.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/proxy.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/proxy.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rdp.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rdp.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rdp.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rear.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rear.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/rear.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/registration.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/registration.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/registration.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -69,30 +69,30 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""

#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""

#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""

#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""

@@ -230,28 +230,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -267,39 +256,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""

#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -309,23 +298,23 @@
msgstr ""

#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""

#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -333,6 +322,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""

+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -361,7 +368,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""

@@ -370,14 +377,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""

@@ -387,34 +394,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -422,7 +429,7 @@

#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -453,7 +460,7 @@

#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""

@@ -474,12 +481,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -671,7 +678,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""

@@ -698,7 +705,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""

@@ -770,12 +777,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to
get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""

#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -788,7 +795,7 @@

#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -799,7 +806,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -807,8 +814,8 @@

#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. SSL error message
@@ -856,11 +863,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big
security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1064,10 +1066,10 @@
msgstr ""

#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/reipl.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/reipl.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/reipl.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/relocation-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/relocation-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/relocation-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-client.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-client.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -788,86 +788,86 @@
msgstr ""

#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""

#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""

#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""

#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""

#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""

#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""

#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""

#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""

#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""

#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""

#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""

#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""

#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""

#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""

#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the
users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""

#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-users.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-users.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/samba-users.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/scanner.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/scanner.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/scanner.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/security.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/security.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/security.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -116,280 +116,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@xxxxxxx>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""

#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""

#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""

#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""

#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""

#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""

#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""

#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""

#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""

#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""

#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""

#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""

#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""

#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default,
user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication
in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which
include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The
default\n"
@@ -398,33 +365,33 @@
msgstr ""

#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -432,7 +399,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to
prevent\n"
@@ -441,7 +408,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -450,7 +417,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote
access\n"
@@ -458,14 +425,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common
word.\n"
@@ -473,7 +440,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -483,7 +450,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from
reusing.\n"
@@ -491,12 +458,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you
need\n"
@@ -504,26 +471,26 @@
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux
\n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other
algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer
the\n"
@@ -531,35 +498,35 @@
msgstr ""

#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local
security.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in
/etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -577,7 +544,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database
(locatedb)\n"
@@ -587,7 +554,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -596,7 +563,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current
directory\n"
@@ -605,7 +572,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -616,21 +583,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example,
during kernel\n"
@@ -638,26 +605,26 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important
security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the
option.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the
current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""

#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not
installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -669,7 +636,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of
the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down
is\n"
@@ -677,23 +644,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its
behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are
important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can
tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages
of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access
files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the
process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to
minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in
its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with
the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to
be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window
session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does
not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be
able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or
otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display,
connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on
a\n"
@@ -705,13 +672,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell
(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server
through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not
expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP
network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the
SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -723,7 +690,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -735,38 +702,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so
that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS)
vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such
situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate
connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause
problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most
environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS
attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been
received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network
interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards
network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need
that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it
crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files.
The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid'
file.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency
and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack.
Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the
system.</P>"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default,
user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication
in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -824,163 +839,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""

-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@xxxxxxx>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In
the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""

-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""

-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""

#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""

#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""

#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""

#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""

+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -996,61 +1084,61 @@
msgstr ""

#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/services-manager.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/services-manager.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/services-manager.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/slp-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/slp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/slp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/snapper.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/snapper.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/snapper.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -16,294 +16,265 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

-#. encoding: utf-8
-#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome@xxxxxxx>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""

#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""

-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""

-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""

#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""

-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""

#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""

#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""

#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""

#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""

#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""

#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""

#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""

#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""

#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""

#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""

#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -314,7 +285,7 @@

#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -324,17 +295,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""

#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""

#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -345,37 +316,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three
types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots
are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post
are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between
taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the
table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see
the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post
are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between
taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the
table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see
the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first
('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the
description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of
creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By
default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is
possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By
default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is
possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -386,91 +357,115 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree
widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""

-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
msgstr ""

-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
msgstr ""

-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""

-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""

-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""

-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""

-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""

-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""

#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""

#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sound.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sound.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sound.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/squid.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/squid.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/squid.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sshd.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sshd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sshd.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/storage.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/storage.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/storage.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -144,7 +144,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -760,7 +764,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""

@@ -778,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -788,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -798,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -808,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -819,7 +823,7 @@

#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -829,7 +833,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -842,7 +846,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -852,7 +856,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -864,7 +868,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -875,7 +879,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -887,11 +891,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -989,53 +993,53 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently
mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1044,7 +1048,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1054,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1064,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1079,13 +1083,13 @@

#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""

@@ -1112,7 +1116,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""

@@ -1123,7 +1127,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""

@@ -1143,7 +1147,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1152,7 +1156,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1449,7 +1453,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""

@@ -1464,17 +1468,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""

@@ -1506,7 +1510,7 @@

#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or
/var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1519,7 +1523,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file
system.\n"
@@ -1532,7 +1536,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have
at\n"
@@ -1554,7 +1558,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1713,7 +1717,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1728,12 +1732,12 @@

#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1741,26 +1745,26 @@

#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

@@ -2156,39 +2160,44 @@
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""

#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an
existing\n"
@@ -2196,54 +2205,54 @@
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""

#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""

#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2252,17 +2261,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2272,7 +2281,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2281,56 +2290,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""

#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -2338,8 +2347,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2351,33 +2360,33 @@

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2387,7 +2396,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2396,12 +2405,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""

@@ -2584,108 +2593,113 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""

#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""

#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""

#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""

#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -2693,51 +2707,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2747,50 +2761,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3026,50 +3040,50 @@
msgstr ""

#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""

#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""

#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""

#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3077,7 +3091,7 @@

#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""

@@ -3085,31 +3099,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a
cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -3207,12 +3221,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -3507,12 +3521,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""

@@ -3546,9 +3560,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""

@@ -3558,14 +3572,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3906,17 +3920,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -4179,7 +4193,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""

@@ -4904,38 +4918,51 @@
msgstr ""

#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""

-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""

-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4945,7 +4972,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4959,7 +4986,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""

@@ -4972,7 +4999,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4981,7 +5008,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4989,7 +5016,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4998,24 +5025,24 @@

#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5023,12 +5050,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""

#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5036,97 +5063,97 @@
msgstr ""

#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""

#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""

#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""

#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are
used."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5134,7 +5161,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5142,7 +5169,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see
bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5150,18 +5177,18 @@
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this
function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""

#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -5745,48 +5772,39 @@

#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file
system under Windows."
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5795,35 +5813,48 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""

#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""

#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""

+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/support.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/support.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/support.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -34,52 +34,52 @@
msgstr ""

#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""

#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,184 +87,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""

#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""

#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""

#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""

#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""

#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""

#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""

#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""

-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sysconfig.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sysconfig.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/sysconfig.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tftp-server.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tftp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tftp-server.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/timezone_db.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/timezone_db.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/timezone_db.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tune.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tune.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/tune.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/update.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/update.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/update.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/users.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/users.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/users.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -125,540 +125,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""

-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local
files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is
possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User
Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates
a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this
installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.
Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of
your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of
your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos
after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and
numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or
umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try
entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other
algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be
between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits,
and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are
doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for
information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same
password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with
your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is
skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System
Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma
separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -780,11 +246,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""

-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1025,93 +486,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""

-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1263,6 +637,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""

+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1286,6 +676,13 @@
msgstr ""

#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1300,11 +697,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""

+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""

+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1472,6 +888,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""

+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1560,6 +1000,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""

+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1569,6 +1023,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be
between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1687,6 +1159,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1712,6 +1193,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with
your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is
skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System
Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your
system.</p>"
@@ -2326,7 +1822,9 @@
msgstr ""

#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""

@@ -2402,6 +1900,11 @@
msgstr ""

#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2421,6 +1924,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""

+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2536,6 +2044,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""

+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other
algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2546,6 +2059,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""

+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2803,6 +2336,12 @@

#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3078,6 +2617,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""

+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3095,6 +2641,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""

+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other
algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and
numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or
umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits,
and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are
doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for
information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same
password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being
installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic
information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without
creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3536,7 +3422,7 @@

#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3548,202 +3434,202 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""

#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""

#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""

#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""

#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""

#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3751,14 +3637,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3767,7 +3653,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3776,7 +3662,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3784,14 +3670,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3799,14 +3685,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3814,7 +3700,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3822,7 +3708,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3830,14 +3716,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""

#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3845,7 +3731,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3853,7 +3739,7 @@

#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3862,7 +3748,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3872,19 +3758,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3892,14 +3778,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3908,7 +3794,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3917,7 +3803,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3926,14 +3812,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3941,7 +3827,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3950,20 +3836,20 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3971,7 +3857,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3979,22 +3865,22 @@
msgstr ""

#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""

#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""

#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""

#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""

@@ -4012,21 +3898,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""

#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""

@@ -4143,7 +4029,7 @@

#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4151,7 +4037,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English
keyboard\n"
@@ -4161,7 +4047,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4169,37 +4055,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4207,7 +4093,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4215,20 +4101,20 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4236,7 +4122,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4245,22 +4131,20 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""

-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""

-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vm.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vm.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC (rev
96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vm.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC (rev
96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines.
Your architecture is "
msgstr ""

#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -41,151 +41,151 @@

#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""

#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the
VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the
boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is
added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required
to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the
VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""

#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""

#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""

#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""

#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""

#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the
grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""

#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""

#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a
network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -198,26 +198,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge")
+ "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native
kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen
section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vpn.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vpn.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:19 UTC
(rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/vpn.eo.po 2016-07-04 09:18:29 UTC
(rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""

#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true
if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""

@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""

#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""

#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""

#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""

@@ -462,32 +462,32 @@
msgstr ""

#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""

#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""

#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""

#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the
configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -495,28 +495,28 @@
msgstr ""

#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""

#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""

#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/yast2-apparmor.eo.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/yast2-apparmor.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:19 UTC (rev 96029)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/yast2-apparmor.eo.po 2016-07-04
09:18:29 UTC (rev 96030)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@xxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n@xxxxxxx>\n"


< Previous Next >
This Thread
  • No further messages